xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 2e27d28f)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 */
620 struct Pager {
621   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
622   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
623   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
624   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
625   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
626   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
627   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
628   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
629   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
630   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
631   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
632   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
633   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
634   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
635 
636   /**************************************************************************
637   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
638   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
639   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
640   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
641   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
642   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
643   ** "configuration" of the pager.
644   */
645   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
646   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
647   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
648   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
649   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
650   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
651   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
652   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
653   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
654   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
655   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
656   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
657   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
658   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
659   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
660   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
661   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
662   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
663   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
664   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
665   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
666   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
667   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
668   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
669   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
670   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
671   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
672 
673   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
674   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
675   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
676   /*
677   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
678   ***************************************************************************/
679 
680   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
681   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
682   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
683   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
684   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
685   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
686   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
688   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
689   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
693   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
694 #endif
695   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
697 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
698   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
699   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
700   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
701   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
702 #endif
703   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
704   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
706   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
707   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
708 #endif
709 };
710 
711 /*
712 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
713 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
714 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
715 */
716 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
717 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
718 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
719 
720 /*
721 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
722 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
723 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
724 */
725 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
726 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
727 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
728 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
729 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
730 #else
731 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
732 #endif
733 
734 
735 
736 /*
737 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
738 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
739 **
740 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
741 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
742 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
743 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
744 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
745 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
746 ** journal and ignore it.
747 **
748 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
749 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
750 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
751 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
752 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
753 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
754 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
755 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
756 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
757 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
758 */
759 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
760   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
761 };
762 
763 /*
764 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
765 ** the following macro.
766 */
767 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
768 
769 /*
770 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
771 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
772 */
773 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
774 
775 /*
776 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
777 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
778 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
779 ** out code that would never execute.
780 */
781 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
782 # define MEMDB 0
783 #else
784 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
785 #endif
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
789 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
790 */
791 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
792 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
793 #else
794 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
795 #endif
796 
797 /*
798 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
799 */
800 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
801 
802 /*
803 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
804 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
805 **
806 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
807 **
808 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
809 **
810 ** instead of
811 **
812 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
813 */
814 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
815 
816 /*
817 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno.
818 ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database.
819 */
820 #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ)
821 int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
822   u32 iRead = 0;
823   int rc;
824   if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0;
825   rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
826   return rc || iRead;
827 }
828 #endif
829 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
830 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
831 #else
832 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
833 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
834 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
835 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
836 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
837 #endif
838 
839 #ifndef NDEBUG
840 /*
841 ** Usage:
842 **
843 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
844 **
845 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
846 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
847 */
848 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
849   Pager *pPager = p;
850 
851   /* State must be valid. */
852   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
853        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
854        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
856        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
857        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
858        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
859   );
860 
861   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
862   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
863   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
864   */
865   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
866   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
867 
868   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
869   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
870   */
871   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
872   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
873 
874   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
875   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
876   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
877   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
878   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
879   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
880   ** state.
881   */
882   if( MEMDB ){
883     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
884     assert( p->noSync );
885     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
886          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
887     );
888     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
889     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
890   }
891 
892   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
893   ** on the file.
894   */
895   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
896   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
897 
898   switch( p->eState ){
899     case PAGER_OPEN:
900       assert( !MEMDB );
901       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
902       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
903       break;
904 
905     case PAGER_READER:
906       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
907       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
908       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
909       break;
910 
911     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
912       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
913       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
914       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
915         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
916       }
917       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
918       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
919       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
920       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
921       break;
922 
923     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
924       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
925       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
926       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
927         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
928         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
929         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
930         ** to journal_mode=wal.
931         */
932         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
933         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
934              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
935              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
936         );
937       }
938       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
939       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
940       break;
941 
942     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
943       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
944       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
945       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
946       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
947       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
948            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
950            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
951       );
952       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
953       break;
954 
955     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
956       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
957       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
958       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
959       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
960            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
961            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
962            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
963       );
964       break;
965 
966     case PAGER_ERROR:
967       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
968       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
969       ** back to OPEN state.
970       */
971       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
972       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
973       break;
974   }
975 
976   return 1;
977 }
978 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
979 
980 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
981 /*
982 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
983 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
984 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
985 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
986 **
987 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
988 */
989 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
990   static char zRet[1024];
991 
992   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
993       "Filename:      %s\n"
994       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
995       "Lock:          %s\n"
996       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
997       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
998       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
999       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1000       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1001       , p->zFilename
1002       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1003         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1004         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1005         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1006         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1007         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1009       , (int)p->errCode
1010       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1011         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1012         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1013         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1014         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1015       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1016       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1017         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1018         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1019         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1020         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1021         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1022       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1023       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1024       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1025   );
1026 
1027   return zRet;
1028 }
1029 #endif
1030 
1031 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1032 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1033 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1034 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1035 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1036 #endif
1037 
1038 /*
1039 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1040 ** content from the pager.
1041 */
1042 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1043   if( pPager->errCode ){
1044     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1045 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1046   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1047 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1048    && pPager->xCodec==0
1049 #endif
1050   ){
1051     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1052 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1053   }else{
1054     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1055   }
1056 }
1057 
1058 /*
1059 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1060 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1061 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1062 **
1063 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1064 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1065 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1066 */
1067 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1068   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1069   PagerSavepoint *p;
1070   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1071   int i;
1072   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1073     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1074     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1075       return 1;
1076     }
1077   }
1078   return 0;
1079 }
1080 
1081 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1082 /*
1083 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1084 */
1085 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1086   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1087 }
1088 #endif
1089 
1090 /*
1091 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1092 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1093 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1094 **
1095 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1096 */
1097 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1098   unsigned char ac[4];
1099   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1100   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1101     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1102   }
1103   return rc;
1104 }
1105 
1106 /*
1107 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1108 */
1109 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1110 
1111 
1112 /*
1113 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1114 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1115 */
1116 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1117   char ac[4];
1118   put32bits(ac, val);
1119   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1120 }
1121 
1122 /*
1123 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1124 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1125 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1126 **
1127 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1128 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1129 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1130 */
1131 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1132   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1133 
1134   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1135   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1136   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1137   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1138     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1139     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1140     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1141       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1142     }
1143     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1144   }
1145   return rc;
1146 }
1147 
1148 /*
1149 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1150 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1151 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1152 **
1153 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1154 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1155 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1156 ** of this.
1157 */
1158 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1159   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1160 
1161   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1162   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1163     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1164     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1165       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1166       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1167     }
1168   }
1169   return rc;
1170 }
1171 
1172 /*
1173 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1174 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1175 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1176 **
1177 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1178 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1179 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1180 **      to the page size.
1181 **
1182 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1183 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1184 **
1185 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1186 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1187 ** returned in this case.
1188 **
1189 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1190 */
1191 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1192   assert( !MEMDB );
1193 
1194 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1195  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1196   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1197 
1198   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1199   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1200 #endif
1201 
1202 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1203   if( dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC ){
1204     return -1;
1205   }
1206 #endif
1207 
1208 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1209   {
1210     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1211     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1212 
1213     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1214     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1215     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1216       return 0;
1217     }
1218   }
1219 
1220   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1221 #endif
1222 
1223   return 0;
1224 }
1225 
1226 /*
1227 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1228 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1229 ** and debugging only.
1230 */
1231 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1232 /*
1233 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1234 */
1235 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1236   u32 hash = 0;
1237   int i;
1238   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1239     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1240   }
1241   return hash;
1242 }
1243 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1244   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1245 }
1246 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1247   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1248 }
1249 
1250 /*
1251 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1252 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1253 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1254 */
1255 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1256 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1257   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1258   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1259   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1260 }
1261 
1262 #else
1263 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1264 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1265 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1266 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1267 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1268 
1269 /*
1270 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1271 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1272 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1273 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1274 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1275 **
1276 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1277 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1278 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1279 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1280 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1281 ** were present in the journal.
1282 **
1283 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1284 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1285 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1286 ** journal file name.
1287 **
1288 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1289 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1290 **
1291 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1292 ** error code is returned.
1293 */
1294 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1295   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1296   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1297   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1298   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1299   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1300   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1301   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1302 
1303   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1304    || szJ<16
1305    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1306    || len>=nMaster
1307    || len==0
1308    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1309    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1310    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1311    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1312   ){
1313     return rc;
1314   }
1315 
1316   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1317   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1318     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1319   }
1320   if( cksum ){
1321     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1322     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1323     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1324     ** master-journal filename.
1325     */
1326     len = 0;
1327   }
1328   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1329 
1330   return SQLITE_OK;
1331 }
1332 
1333 /*
1334 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1335 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1336 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1337 **
1338 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1339 **
1340 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1341 **   ---------------------------------------
1342 **   0                         0
1343 **   512                       512
1344 **   100                       512
1345 **   2000                      2048
1346 **
1347 */
1348 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1349   i64 offset = 0;
1350   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1351   if( c ){
1352     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1353   }
1354   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1355   assert( offset>=c );
1356   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1357   return offset;
1358 }
1359 
1360 /*
1361 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1362 **
1363 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1364 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1365 **
1366 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1367 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1368 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1369 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1370 ** after writing or truncating it.
1371 **
1372 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1373 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1374 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1375 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1376 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1377 **
1378 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1379 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1380 */
1381 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1382   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1383   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1384   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1385   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1386     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1387 
1388     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1389     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1390       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1391     }else{
1392       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1393       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1394     }
1395     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1396       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1397     }
1398 
1399     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1400     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1401     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1402     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1403     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1404     */
1405     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1406       i64 sz;
1407       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1408       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1409         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1410       }
1411     }
1412   }
1413   return rc;
1414 }
1415 
1416 /*
1417 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1418 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1419 ** current location.
1420 **
1421 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1422 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1423 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1424 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1425 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1426 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1427 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1428 **
1429 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1430 */
1431 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1432   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1433   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1434   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1435   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1436   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1437 
1438   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1439 
1440   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1441     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1442   }
1443 
1444   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1445   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1446   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1447   */
1448   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1449     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1450       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1451     }
1452   }
1453 
1454   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1455 
1456   /*
1457   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1458   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1459   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1460   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1461   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1462   **
1463   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1464   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1465   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1466   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1467   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1468   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1469   **
1470   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1471   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1472   **
1473   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1474   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1475   */
1476   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1477   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1478    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1479   ){
1480     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1481     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1482   }else{
1483     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1484   }
1485 
1486   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1487   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1488   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1489   /* The initial database size */
1490   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1491   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1492   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1493 
1494   /* The page size */
1495   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1496 
1497   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1498   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1499   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1500   ** take the performance hit.
1501   */
1502   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1503          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1504 
1505   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1506   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1507   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1508   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1509   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1510   **
1511   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1512   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1513   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1514   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1515   ** is done.
1516   **
1517   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1518   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1519   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1520   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1521   */
1522   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1523     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1524     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1525     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1526     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1527   }
1528 
1529   return rc;
1530 }
1531 
1532 /*
1533 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1534 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1535 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1536 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1537 ** a description of the journal header format.
1538 **
1539 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1540 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1541 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1542 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1543 ** in this case.
1544 **
1545 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1546 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1547 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1548 */
1549 static int readJournalHdr(
1550   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1551   int isHot,
1552   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1553   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1554   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1555 ){
1556   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1557   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1558   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1559 
1560   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1561 
1562   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1563   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1564   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1565   */
1566   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1567   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1568     return SQLITE_DONE;
1569   }
1570   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1571 
1572   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1573   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1574   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1575   ** proceed.
1576   */
1577   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1578     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1579     if( rc ){
1580       return rc;
1581     }
1582     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1583       return SQLITE_DONE;
1584     }
1585   }
1586 
1587   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1588   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1589   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1590   */
1591   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1592    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1593    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1594   ){
1595     return rc;
1596   }
1597 
1598   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1599     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1600     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1601 
1602     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1603     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1604      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1605     ){
1606       return rc;
1607     }
1608 
1609     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1610     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1611     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1612     */
1613     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1614       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1615     }
1616 
1617     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1618     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1619     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1620     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1621     */
1622     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1623      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1624      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1625     ){
1626       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1627       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1628       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1629       ** the journal file here.
1630       */
1631       return SQLITE_DONE;
1632     }
1633 
1634     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1635     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1636     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1637     */
1638     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1639     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1640 
1641     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1642     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1643     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1644     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1645     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1646     */
1647     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1648   }
1649 
1650   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1651   return rc;
1652 }
1653 
1654 
1655 /*
1656 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1657 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1658 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1659 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1660 ** anything is written. The format is:
1661 **
1662 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1663 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1664 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1665 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1666 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1667 **
1668 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1669 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1670 **
1671 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1672 ** this call is a no-op.
1673 */
1674 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1675   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1676   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1677   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1678   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1679   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1680 
1681   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1682   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1683 
1684   if( !zMaster
1685    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1686    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1687   ){
1688     return SQLITE_OK;
1689   }
1690   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1691   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1692 
1693   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1694   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1695     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1696   }
1697 
1698   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1699   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1700   ** the journal has already been synced.
1701   */
1702   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1703     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1704   }
1705   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1706 
1707   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1708   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1709   */
1710   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1711    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1712    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1713    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1714    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1715                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1716   ){
1717     return rc;
1718   }
1719   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1720 
1721   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1722   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1723   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1724   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1725   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1726   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1727   **
1728   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1729   ** file to the required size.
1730   */
1731   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1732    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1733   ){
1734     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1735   }
1736   return rc;
1737 }
1738 
1739 /*
1740 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1741 */
1742 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1743   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1744   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1745   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1746 }
1747 
1748 /*
1749 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1750 */
1751 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1752   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1753   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1754 }
1755 
1756 /*
1757 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1758 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1759 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1760 */
1761 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1762   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1763   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1764     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1765   }
1766   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1767     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1768   }
1769   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1770   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1771   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1772   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1773 }
1774 
1775 /*
1776 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1777 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1778 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1779 */
1780 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1781   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1782   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1783 
1784   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1785     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1786     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1787       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1788       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1789       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1790     }
1791   }
1792   return rc;
1793 }
1794 
1795 /*
1796 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1797 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1798 ** state.
1799 **
1800 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1801 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1802 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1803 ** closed (if it is open).
1804 **
1805 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1806 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1807 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1808 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1809 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1810 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1811 */
1812 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1813 
1814   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1815        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1816        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1817   );
1818 
1819   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1820   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1821   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1822 
1823   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1824     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1825     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1826     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1827   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1828     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1829     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1830 
1831     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1832     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1833     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1834     ** out from under us.
1835     */
1836     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1837     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1838     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1839     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1840     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1841     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1842     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1843      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1844     ){
1845       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1846     }
1847 
1848     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1849     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1850     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1851     ** is necessary.
1852     */
1853     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1854     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1855       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1856     }
1857 
1858     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1859     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1860     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1861     */
1862     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1863     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1864     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1865   }
1866 
1867   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1868   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1869   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1870   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1871   */
1872   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1873   if( pPager->errCode ){
1874     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1875       pager_reset(pPager);
1876       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1877       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1878     }else{
1879       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1880     }
1881     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1882     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1883     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1884   }
1885 
1886   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1887   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1888   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1889 }
1890 
1891 /*
1892 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1893 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1894 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1895 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1896 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1897 **
1898 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1899 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1900 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1901 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1902 **
1903 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1904 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1905 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1906 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1907 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1908 ** it were a hot-journal).
1909 */
1910 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1911   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1912   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1913   assert(
1914        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1915        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1916        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1917   );
1918   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1919     pPager->errCode = rc;
1920     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1921     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1922   }
1923   return rc;
1924 }
1925 
1926 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1927 
1928 /*
1929 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1930 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1931 **
1932 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1933 **
1934 ** Rules:
1935 **
1936 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1937 **      for transactions to be durable.
1938 **
1939 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1940 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1941 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1942 **      cache size.
1943 */
1944 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1945   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1946   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1947   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1948   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1949 }
1950 
1951 /*
1952 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1953 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1954 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1955 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1956 ** database transaction.
1957 **
1958 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1959 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1960 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1961 **
1962 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1963 **
1964 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1965 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1966 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1967 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1968 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1969 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1970 **
1971 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1972 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1973 **     in-memory journal.
1974 **
1975 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1976 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1977 **
1978 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1979 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1980 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1981 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1982 **
1983 **   journalMode==DELETE
1984 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1985 **
1986 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1987 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1988 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1989 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1990 **
1991 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1992 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1993 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1994 **
1995 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1996 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1997 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1998 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1999 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2000 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2001 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2002 ** returned.
2003 */
2004 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2005   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2006   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2007 
2008   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2009   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2010   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2011   ** held under two circumstances:
2012   **
2013   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2014   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2015   **
2016   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2017   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2018   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2019   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2020   */
2021   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2022   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2023   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2024     return SQLITE_OK;
2025   }
2026 
2027   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2028   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2029       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2030   );
2031   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2032     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2033 
2034     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2035     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2036       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2037       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2038     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2039       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2040         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2041       }else{
2042         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2043         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2044           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2045           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2046           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2047           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2048           */
2049           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2050         }
2051       }
2052       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2053     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2054       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2055     ){
2056       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2057       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2058     }else{
2059       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2060       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2061       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2062       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2063       */
2064       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2065       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2066       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2067            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2068            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2069       );
2070       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2071       if( bDelete ){
2072         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2073       }
2074     }
2075   }
2076 
2077 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2078   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2079   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2080     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2081     if( p ){
2082       p->pageHash = 0;
2083       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2084     }
2085   }
2086 #endif
2087 
2088   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2089   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2090   pPager->nRec = 0;
2091   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2092     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2093       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2094     }else{
2095       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2096     }
2097     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2098   }
2099 
2100   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2101     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2102     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2103     ** lock held on the database file.
2104     */
2105     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2106     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2107   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2108     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2109     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2110     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2111     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2112     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2113     ** required size.  */
2114     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2115     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2116   }
2117 
2118   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2119     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2120     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2121   }
2122 
2123   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2124    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2125   ){
2126     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2127     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2128   }
2129   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2130   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2131 
2132   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2133 }
2134 
2135 /*
2136 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2137 ** database file.
2138 **
2139 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2140 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2141 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2142 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2143 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2144 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2145 ** will roll it back.
2146 **
2147 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2148 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2149 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2150 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2151 */
2152 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2153   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2154     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2155     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2156       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2157       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2158       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2159     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2160       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2161       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2162     }
2163   }
2164   pager_unlock(pPager);
2165 }
2166 
2167 /*
2168 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2169 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2170 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2171 **
2172 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2173 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2174 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2175 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2176 **
2177 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2178 ** incompatible journal file format.
2179 **
2180 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2181 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2182 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2183 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2184 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2185 */
2186 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2187   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2188   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2189   while( i>0 ){
2190     cksum += aData[i];
2191     i -= 200;
2192   }
2193   return cksum;
2194 }
2195 
2196 /*
2197 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2198 ** to the codec.
2199 */
2200 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2201 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2202   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2203     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2204                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2205   }
2206 }
2207 #else
2208 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2209 #endif
2210 
2211 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2212 /*
2213 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2214 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2215 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2216 */
2217 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2218   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2219     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2220     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2221   }
2222 }
2223 #endif
2224 
2225 /*
2226 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2227 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2228 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2229 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2230 **
2231 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2232 ** not.
2233 **
2234 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2235 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2236 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2237 **
2238 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2239 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2240 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2241 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2242 ** prior to returning.
2243 **
2244 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2245 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2246 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2247 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2248 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2249 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2250 ** two circumstances:
2251 **
2252 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2253 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2254 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2255 **
2256 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2257 **
2258 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2259 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2260 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2261 */
2262 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2263   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2264   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2265   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2266   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2267   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2268 ){
2269   int rc;
2270   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2271   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2272   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2273   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2274   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2275   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2276 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2277   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2278   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2279   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2280 #endif
2281 
2282   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2283   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2284   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2285   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2286 
2287   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2288   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2289   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2290 
2291   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2292   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2293   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2294   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2295   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2296   */
2297   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2298        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2299   );
2300   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2301 
2302   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2303   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2304   */
2305   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2306   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2307   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2308   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2309   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2310   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2311 
2312   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2313   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2314   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2315   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2316   */
2317   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2318     assert( !isSavepnt );
2319     return SQLITE_DONE;
2320   }
2321   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2322     return SQLITE_OK;
2323   }
2324   if( isMainJrnl ){
2325     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2326     if( rc ) return rc;
2327     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2328       return SQLITE_DONE;
2329     }
2330   }
2331 
2332   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2333   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2334   */
2335   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2336     return rc;
2337   }
2338 
2339   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2340   */
2341   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2342     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2343     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2344   }
2345 
2346   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2347   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2348   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2349   **
2350   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2351   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2352   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2353   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2354   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2355   ** assert()able.
2356   **
2357   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2358   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2359   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2360   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2361   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2362   **
2363   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2364   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2365   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2366   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2367   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2368   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2369   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2370   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2371   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2372   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2373   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2374   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2375   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2376   **
2377   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2378   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2379   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2380   */
2381   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2382     pPg = 0;
2383   }else{
2384     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2385   }
2386   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2387   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2388   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2389            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2390            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2391   ));
2392   if( isMainJrnl ){
2393     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2394   }else{
2395     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2396   }
2397   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2398    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2399    && isSynced
2400   ){
2401     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2402     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2403     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2404 
2405     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2406     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2407     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2408     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2409     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2410     ** file.  */
2411 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2412     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2413       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2414       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2415       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2416     }else
2417 #endif
2418     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2419 
2420     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2421       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2422     }
2423     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2424 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2425       if( jrnlEnc ){
2426         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2427         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2428         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2429       }else
2430 #endif
2431       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2432     }
2433   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2434     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2435     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2436     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2437     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2438     ** current.
2439     **
2440     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2441     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2442     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2443     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2444     **
2445     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2446     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2447     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2448     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2449     */
2450     assert( isSavepnt );
2451     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2452     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2453     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2454     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2455     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2456     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2457     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2458   }
2459   if( pPg ){
2460     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2461     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2462     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2463     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2464     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2465     */
2466     void *pData;
2467     pData = pPg->pData;
2468     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2469     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2470     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2471     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2472     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2473     ** has been removed. */
2474     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2475 
2476     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2477     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2478     if( pgno==1 ){
2479       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2480     }
2481 
2482     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2483 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2484     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2485 #endif
2486     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2487   }
2488   return rc;
2489 }
2490 
2491 /*
2492 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2493 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2494 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2495 ** and does so if it is.
2496 **
2497 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2498 ** available for use within this function.
2499 **
2500 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2501 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2502 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2503 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2504 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2505 **
2506 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2507 **
2508 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2509 ** journals have been rolled back.
2510 **
2511 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2512 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2513 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2514 **
2515 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2516 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2517 **     file zMaster
2518 **
2519 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2520 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2521 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2522 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2523 **
2524 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2525 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2526 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2527 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2528 **
2529 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2530 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2531 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2532 ** size.
2533 */
2534 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2535   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2536   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2537   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2538   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2539   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2540   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2541   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2542   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2543   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2544 
2545   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2546   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2547   */
2548   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2549   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2550   if( !pMaster ){
2551     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2552   }else{
2553     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2554     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2555   }
2556   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2557 
2558   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2559   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2560   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2561   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2562   */
2563   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2564   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2565   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2566   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2567   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2568     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2569     goto delmaster_out;
2570   }
2571   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2572   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2573   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2574   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2575 
2576   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2577   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2578     int exists;
2579     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2580     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2581       goto delmaster_out;
2582     }
2583     if( exists ){
2584       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2585       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2586       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2587       */
2588       int c;
2589       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2590       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2591       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2592         goto delmaster_out;
2593       }
2594 
2595       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2596       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2597       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2598         goto delmaster_out;
2599       }
2600 
2601       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2602       if( c ){
2603         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2604         goto delmaster_out;
2605       }
2606     }
2607     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2608   }
2609 
2610   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2611   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2612 
2613 delmaster_out:
2614   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2615   if( pMaster ){
2616     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2617     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2618     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2619   }
2620   return rc;
2621 }
2622 
2623 
2624 /*
2625 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2626 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2627 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2628 **
2629 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2630 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2631 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2632 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2633 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2634 **
2635 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2636 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2637 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2638 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2639 ** the end of the new file instead.
2640 **
2641 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2642 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2643 */
2644 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2645   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2646   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2647   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2648 
2649   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2650    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2651   ){
2652     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2653     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2654     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2655     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2656     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2657     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2658     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2659       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2660         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2661       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2662         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2663         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2664         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2665         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2666         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2667       }
2668       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2669         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2670       }
2671     }
2672   }
2673   return rc;
2674 }
2675 
2676 /*
2677 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2678 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2679 */
2680 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2681   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2682   if( iRet<32 ){
2683     iRet = 512;
2684   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2685     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2686     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2687   }
2688   return iRet;
2689 }
2690 
2691 /*
2692 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2693 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2694 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2695 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2696 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2697 **
2698 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2699 **
2700 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2701 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2702 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2703 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2704 **
2705 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2706 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2707 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2708 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2709 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2710 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2711 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2712 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2713 */
2714 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2715   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2716 
2717   if( pPager->tempFile
2718    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2719               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2720   ){
2721     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2722     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2723     ** call will segfault. */
2724     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2725   }else{
2726     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2727   }
2728 }
2729 
2730 /*
2731 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2732 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2733 **
2734 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2735 **
2736 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2737 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2738 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2739 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2740 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2741 **       sanity checksum.
2742 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2743 **       database to during a rollback.
2744 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2745 **       is this many bytes in size.
2746 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2747 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2748 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2749 **        +  4 byte page number.
2750 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2751 **        +  4 byte checksum
2752 **
2753 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2754 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2755 **
2756 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2757 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2758 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2759 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2760 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2761 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2762 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2763 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2764 **
2765 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2766 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2767 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2768 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2769 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2770 **
2771 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2772 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2773 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2774 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2775 ** been encountered.
2776 **
2777 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2778 ** and an error code is returned.
2779 **
2780 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2781 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2782 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2783 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2784 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2785 ** needed.
2786 */
2787 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2788   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2789   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2790   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2791   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2792   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2793   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2794   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2795   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2796   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2797   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2798 
2799   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2800   ** the journal is empty.
2801   */
2802   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2803   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2804   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2805     goto end_playback;
2806   }
2807 
2808   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2809   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2810   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2811   ** played back.
2812   **
2813   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2814   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2815   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2816   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2817   ** for pageSize.
2818   */
2819   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2820   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2821   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2822     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2823   }
2824   zMaster = 0;
2825   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2826     goto end_playback;
2827   }
2828   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2829   needPagerReset = isHot;
2830 
2831   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2832   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2833   ** occurs.
2834   */
2835   while( 1 ){
2836     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2837     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2838     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2839     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2840     */
2841     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2842     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2843       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2844         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2845       }
2846       goto end_playback;
2847     }
2848 
2849     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2850     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2851     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2852     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2853     */
2854     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2855       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2856       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2857     }
2858 
2859     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2860     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2861     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2862     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2863     ** size of the file.
2864     **
2865     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2866     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2867     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2868     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2869     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2870     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2871     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2872     */
2873     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2874         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2875       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2876     }
2877 
2878     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2879     ** database file back to its original size.
2880     */
2881     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2882       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2883       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2884         goto end_playback;
2885       }
2886       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2887     }
2888 
2889     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2890     ** database file and/or page cache.
2891     */
2892     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2893       if( needPagerReset ){
2894         pager_reset(pPager);
2895         needPagerReset = 0;
2896       }
2897       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2898       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2899         nPlayback++;
2900       }else{
2901         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2902           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2903           break;
2904         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2905           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2906           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2907           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2908           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2909           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2910           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2911           goto end_playback;
2912         }else{
2913           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2914           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2915           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2916           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2917           */
2918           goto end_playback;
2919         }
2920       }
2921     }
2922   }
2923   /*NOTREACHED*/
2924   assert( 0 );
2925 
2926 end_playback:
2927   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2928   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2929   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2930   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2931   */
2932 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2933   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2934     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2935   }
2936 #endif
2937 
2938   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2939   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2940   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2941   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2942   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2943   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2944   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2945   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2946   */
2947   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2948 
2949   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2950     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2951     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2952     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2953   }
2954   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2955    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2956   ){
2957     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2958   }
2959   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2960     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2961     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2962   }
2963   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2964     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2965     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2966     */
2967     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2968     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2969   }
2970   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2971     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2972                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2973   }
2974 
2975   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2976   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2977   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2978   */
2979   setSectorSize(pPager);
2980   return rc;
2981 }
2982 
2983 
2984 /*
2985 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2986 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2987 ** file before this function is called.
2988 **
2989 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2990 ** the value read from the database file.
2991 **
2992 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2993 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2994 */
2995 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2996   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2997   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2998   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2999   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
3000 
3001   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3002   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3003 
3004 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3005   if( iFrame ){
3006     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
3007     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
3008   }else
3009 #endif
3010   {
3011     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3012     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
3013     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3014       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3015     }
3016   }
3017 
3018   if( pgno==1 ){
3019     if( rc ){
3020       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3021       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3022       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3023       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3024       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3025       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3026       **
3027       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3028       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3029       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3030       ** we should still be ok.
3031       */
3032       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3033     }else{
3034       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3035       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3036     }
3037   }
3038   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3039 
3040   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3041   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3042   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
3043   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3044                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3045 
3046   return rc;
3047 }
3048 
3049 /*
3050 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3051 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3052 **
3053 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3054 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3055 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3056 */
3057 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3058   u32 change_counter;
3059 
3060   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3061   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3062   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3063 
3064   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3065   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3066   ** is valid. */
3067   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3068   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3069 }
3070 
3071 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3072 /*
3073 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3074 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3075 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3076 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3077 **
3078 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3079 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3080 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3081 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3082 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3083 */
3084 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3085   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3086   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3087   PgHdr *pPg;
3088 
3089   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3090   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3091   if( pPg ){
3092     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3093       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3094     }else{
3095       u32 iFrame = 0;
3096       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3097       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3098         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3099       }
3100       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3101         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3102       }
3103       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3104     }
3105   }
3106 
3107   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3108   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3109   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3110   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3111   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3112   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3113   ** the backups must be restarted.
3114   */
3115   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3116 
3117   return rc;
3118 }
3119 
3120 /*
3121 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3122 */
3123 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3124   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3125   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3126 
3127   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3128   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3129   ** following:
3130   **
3131   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3132   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3133   */
3134   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3135   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3136   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3137   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3138     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3139     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3140     pList = pNext;
3141   }
3142 
3143   return rc;
3144 }
3145 
3146 /*
3147 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3148 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3149 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3150 ** changed.
3151 **
3152 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3153 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3154 */
3155 static int pagerWalFrames(
3156   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3157   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3158   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3159   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3160 ){
3161   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3162   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3163   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3164 
3165   assert( pPager->pWal );
3166   assert( pList );
3167 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3168   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3169   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3170     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3171   }
3172 #endif
3173 
3174   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3175   if( isCommit ){
3176     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3177     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3178     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3179     ** list here. */
3180     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3181     nList = 0;
3182     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3183       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3184         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3185         nList++;
3186       }
3187     }
3188     assert( pList );
3189   }else{
3190     nList = 1;
3191   }
3192   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3193 
3194   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3195   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3196       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3197   );
3198   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3199     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3200       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3201     }
3202   }
3203 
3204 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3205   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3206   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3207     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3208   }
3209 #endif
3210 
3211   return rc;
3212 }
3213 
3214 /*
3215 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3216 **
3217 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3218 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3219 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3220 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3221 */
3222 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3223   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3224   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3225 
3226   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3227   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3228 
3229   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3230   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3231   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3232   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3233   */
3234   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3235 
3236   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3237   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3238     pager_reset(pPager);
3239     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3240   }
3241 
3242   return rc;
3243 }
3244 #endif
3245 
3246 /*
3247 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3248 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3249 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3250 **
3251 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3252 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3253 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3254 */
3255 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3256   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3257 
3258   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3259   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3260   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3261   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3262   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3263   */
3264   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3265   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3266   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3267   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3268   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3269 
3270   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3271   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3272   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3273   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3274   */
3275   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3276     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3277     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3278     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3279       return rc;
3280     }
3281     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3282   }
3283 
3284   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3285   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3286   ** that the file can be read.
3287   */
3288   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3289     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3290   }
3291 
3292   *pnPage = nPage;
3293   return SQLITE_OK;
3294 }
3295 
3296 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3297 /*
3298 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3299 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3300 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3301 **
3302 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3303 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3304 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3305 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3306 **
3307 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3308 **
3309 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3310 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3311 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3312 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3313 ** other connection.
3314 */
3315 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3316   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3317   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3318   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3319 
3320   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3321     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3322     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3323         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3324     );
3325     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3326       if( isWal ){
3327         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3328 
3329         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3330         if( rc ) return rc;
3331         if( nPage==0 ){
3332           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3333         }else{
3334           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3335           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3336         }
3337       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3338         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3339       }
3340     }
3341   }
3342   return rc;
3343 }
3344 #endif
3345 
3346 /*
3347 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3348 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3349 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3350 ** savepoint.
3351 **
3352 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3353 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3354 ** performed in the order specified:
3355 **
3356 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3357 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3358 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3359 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3360 **
3361 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3362 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3363 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3364 **
3365 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3366 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3367 **     the journal file.
3368 **
3369 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3370 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3371 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3372 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3373 **
3374 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3375 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3376 **
3377 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3378 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3379 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3380 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3381 */
3382 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3383   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3384   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3385   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3386   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3387 
3388   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3389   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3390 
3391   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3392   if( pSavepoint ){
3393     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3394     if( !pDone ){
3395       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3396     }
3397   }
3398 
3399   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3400   ** being reverted was opened.
3401   */
3402   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3403   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3404 
3405   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3406     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3407   }
3408 
3409   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3410   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3411   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3412   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3413   */
3414   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3415   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3416 
3417   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3418   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3419   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3420   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3421   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3422   ** are played back.
3423   */
3424   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3425     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3426     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3427     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3428       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3429     }
3430     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3431   }else{
3432     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3433   }
3434 
3435   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3436   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3437   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3438   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3439   */
3440   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3441     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3442     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3443     u32 dummy;
3444     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3445     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3446 
3447     /*
3448     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3449     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3450     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3451     */
3452     if( nJRec==0
3453      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3454     ){
3455       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3456     }
3457     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3458       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3459     }
3460     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3461   }
3462   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3463 
3464   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3465   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3466   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3467   */
3468   if( pSavepoint ){
3469     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3470     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3471 
3472     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3473       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3474     }
3475     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3476       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3477       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3478     }
3479     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3480   }
3481 
3482   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3483   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3484     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3485   }
3486 
3487   return rc;
3488 }
3489 
3490 /*
3491 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3492 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3493 */
3494 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3495   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3496 }
3497 
3498 /*
3499 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3500 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3501 */
3502 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3503   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3504 }
3505 
3506 /*
3507 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3508 */
3509 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3510 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3511   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3512   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3513     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3514     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3515     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3516     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3517     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3518   }
3519 #endif
3520 }
3521 
3522 /*
3523 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3524 */
3525 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3526   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3527   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3528 }
3529 
3530 /*
3531 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3532 */
3533 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3534   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3535 }
3536 
3537 /*
3538 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3539 **
3540 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3541 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3542 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3543 ** There are four levels:
3544 **
3545 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3546 **              for temporary and transient files.
3547 **
3548 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3549 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3550 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3551 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3552 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3553 **              when it is rolled back.
3554 **
3555 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3556 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3557 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3558 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3559 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3560 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3561 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3562 **
3563 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3564 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3565 **              journal is unlinked.
3566 **
3567 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3568 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3569 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3570 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3571 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3572 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3573 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3574 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3575 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3576 **
3577 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3578 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3579 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3580 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3581 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3582 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3583 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3584 **
3585 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3586 ** and FULL=3.
3587 */
3588 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3589 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3590   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3591   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3592 ){
3593   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3594   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3595     pPager->noSync = 1;
3596     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3597     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3598   }else{
3599     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3600     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3601     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3602   }
3603   if( pPager->noSync ){
3604     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3605     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3606   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3607     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3608     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3609   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3610     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3611     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3612   }else{
3613     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3614     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3615   }
3616   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3617   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3618     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3619   }
3620   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3621     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3622   }else{
3623     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3624   }
3625 }
3626 #endif
3627 
3628 /*
3629 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3630 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3631 ** testing and analysis only.
3632 */
3633 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3634 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3635 #endif
3636 
3637 /*
3638 ** Open a temporary file.
3639 **
3640 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3641 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3642 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3643 **
3644 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3645 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3646 **
3647 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3648 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3649 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3650 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3651 */
3652 static int pagerOpentemp(
3653   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3654   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3655   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3656 ){
3657   int rc;               /* Return code */
3658 
3659 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3660   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3661 #endif
3662 
3663   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3664             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3665   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3666   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3667   return rc;
3668 }
3669 
3670 /*
3671 ** Set the busy handler function.
3672 **
3673 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3674 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3675 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3676 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3677 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3678 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3679 **
3680 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3681 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3682 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3683 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3684 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3685 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3686 **
3687 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3688 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3689 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3690 */
3691 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3692   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3693   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3694   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3695 ){
3696   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3697   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3698 
3699   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3700     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3701     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3702     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3703     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3704   }
3705 }
3706 
3707 /*
3708 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3709 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3710 **
3711 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3712 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3713 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3714 **
3715 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3716 **
3717 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3718 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3719 **
3720 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3721 **
3722 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3723 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3724 **
3725 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3726 **
3727 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3728 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3729 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3730 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3731 **
3732 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3733 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3734 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3735 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3736 */
3737 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3738   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3739 
3740   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3741   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3742   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3743   **
3744   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3745   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3746   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3747   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3748   */
3749 
3750   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3751   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3752   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3753    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3754    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3755   ){
3756     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3757     i64 nByte = 0;
3758 
3759     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3760       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3761     }
3762     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3763       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3764       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3765     }
3766 
3767     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3768       pager_reset(pPager);
3769       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3770     }
3771     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3772       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3773       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3774       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3775       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3776     }else{
3777       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3778     }
3779   }
3780 
3781   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3782   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3783     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3784     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3785     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3786     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3787     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3788   }
3789   return rc;
3790 }
3791 
3792 /*
3793 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3794 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3795 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3796 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3797 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3798 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3799 */
3800 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3801   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3802 }
3803 
3804 /*
3805 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3806 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3807 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3808 **
3809 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3810 */
3811 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3812   if( mxPage>0 ){
3813     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3814   }
3815   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3816   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3817   return pPager->mxPgno;
3818 }
3819 
3820 /*
3821 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3822 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3823 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3824 **
3825 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3826 ** and generate no code.
3827 */
3828 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3829 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3830 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3831 static int saved_cnt;
3832 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3833   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3834   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3835 }
3836 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3837   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3838 }
3839 #else
3840 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3841 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3842 #endif
3843 
3844 /*
3845 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3846 ** that pDest points to.
3847 **
3848 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3849 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3850 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3851 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3852 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3853 **
3854 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3855 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3856 ** output buffer undefined.
3857 */
3858 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3859   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3860   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3861   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3862 
3863   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3864   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3865   ** to WAL mode yet.
3866   */
3867   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3868 
3869   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3870     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3871     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3872     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3873       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3874     }
3875   }
3876   return rc;
3877 }
3878 
3879 /*
3880 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3881 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3882 **
3883 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3884 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3885 */
3886 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3887   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3888   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3889   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3890 }
3891 
3892 
3893 /*
3894 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3895 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3896 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3897 **
3898 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3899 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3900 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3901 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3902 **
3903 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3904 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3905 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3906 */
3907 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3908   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3909 
3910   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3911   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3912   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3913   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3914   */
3915   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3916        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3917        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3918   );
3919 
3920   do {
3921     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3922   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3923   return rc;
3924 }
3925 
3926 /*
3927 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3928 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3929 **
3930 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3931 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3932 **
3933 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3934 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3935 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3936 **
3937 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3938 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3939 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3940 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3941 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3942 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3943 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3944 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3945 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3946 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3947 */
3948 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3949 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3950   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3951   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3952 }
3953 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3954   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3955 }
3956 #else
3957 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3958 #endif
3959 
3960 /*
3961 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3962 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3963 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3964 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3965 **
3966 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3967 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3968 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3969 ** then continue writing to the database.
3970 */
3971 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3972   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3973   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3974   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3975 
3976   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3977   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3978   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3979   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3980   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3981   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3982   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3983   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3984   ** is no longer correct. */
3985 }
3986 
3987 
3988 /*
3989 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3990 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3991 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3992 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3993 **
3994 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3995 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3996 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3997 ** content as this process.
3998 **
3999 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4000 ** an SQLite error code.
4001 */
4002 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4003   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4004   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4005     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4006   }
4007   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4008     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4009   }
4010   return rc;
4011 }
4012 
4013 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4014 /*
4015 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4016 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4017 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4018 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4019 ** *ppPage to zero.
4020 **
4021 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4022 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4023 */
4024 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4025   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4026   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4027   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4028   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4029 ){
4030   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4031 
4032   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4033     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4034     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4035     p->pDirty = 0;
4036     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4037     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4038   }else{
4039     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4040     if( p==0 ){
4041       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4042       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4043     }
4044     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4045     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4046     p->nRef = 1;
4047     p->pPager = pPager;
4048   }
4049 
4050   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4051   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4052   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4053   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4054   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4055 
4056   p->pgno = pgno;
4057   p->pData = pData;
4058   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4059 
4060   return SQLITE_OK;
4061 }
4062 #endif
4063 
4064 /*
4065 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4066 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4067 */
4068 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4069   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4070   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4071   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4072   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4073 
4074   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4075   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4076 }
4077 
4078 /*
4079 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4080 */
4081 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4082   PgHdr *p;
4083   PgHdr *pNext;
4084   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4085     pNext = p->pDirty;
4086     sqlite3_free(p);
4087   }
4088 }
4089 
4090 
4091 /*
4092 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4093 **
4094 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4095 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4096 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4097 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4098 ** result in a coredump.
4099 **
4100 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4101 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4102 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4103 ** to the caller.
4104 */
4105 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4106   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4107 
4108   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4109   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4110   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4111   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4112   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4113   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4114   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4115 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4116   assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4117   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,
4118       (db && (db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) ? 0 : pTmp)
4119   );
4120   pPager->pWal = 0;
4121 #endif
4122   pager_reset(pPager);
4123   if( MEMDB ){
4124     pager_unlock(pPager);
4125   }else{
4126     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4127     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4128     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4129     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4130     **
4131     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4132     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4133     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4134     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4135     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4136     */
4137     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4138       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4139     }
4140     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4141   }
4142   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4143   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4144   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4145   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4146   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4147   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4148   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4149   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4150 
4151 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4152   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4153 #endif
4154 
4155   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4156   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4157 
4158   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4159   return SQLITE_OK;
4160 }
4161 
4162 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4163 /*
4164 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4165 */
4166 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4167   return pPg->pgno;
4168 }
4169 #endif
4170 
4171 /*
4172 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4173 */
4174 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4175   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4176 }
4177 
4178 /*
4179 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4180 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4181 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4182 **
4183 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4184 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4185 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4186 **
4187 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4188 **     be taken.
4189 **
4190 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4191 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4192 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4193 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4194 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4195 **
4196 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4197 **     journal file is synced.
4198 **
4199 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4200 **
4201 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4202 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4203 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4204 **       <update nRec field>
4205 **     }
4206 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4207 **   }
4208 **
4209 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4210 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4211 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4212 */
4213 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4214   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4215 
4216   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4217        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4218   );
4219   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4220   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4221 
4222   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4223   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4224 
4225   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4226     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4227     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4228       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4229       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4230 
4231       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4232         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4233         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4234         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4235         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4236         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4237         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4238         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4239         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4240         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4241         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4242         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4243         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4244         **
4245         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4246         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4247         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4248         **
4249         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4250         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4251         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4252         ** the potential journal header.
4253         */
4254         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4255         u8 aMagic[8];
4256         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4257 
4258         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4259         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4260 
4261         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4262         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4263         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4264           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4265           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4266         }
4267         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4268           return rc;
4269         }
4270 
4271         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4272         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4273         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4274         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4275         **
4276         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4277         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4278         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4279         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4280         ** and never needs to be updated.
4281         */
4282         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4283           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4284           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4285           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4286           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4287         }
4288         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4289         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4290             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4291         );
4292         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4293       }
4294       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4295         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4296         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4297         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4298           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4299         );
4300         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4301       }
4302 
4303       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4304       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4305         pPager->nRec = 0;
4306         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4307         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4308       }
4309     }else{
4310       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4311     }
4312   }
4313 
4314   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4315   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4316   ** all pages.
4317   */
4318   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4319   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4320   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4321   return SQLITE_OK;
4322 }
4323 
4324 /*
4325 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4326 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4327 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4328 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4329 ** a no-op.
4330 **
4331 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4332 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4333 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4334 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4335 **
4336 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4337 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4338 ** written out.
4339 **
4340 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4341 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4342 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4343 **
4344 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4345 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4346 **
4347 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4348 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4349 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4350 ** the database file.
4351 **
4352 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4353 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4354 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4355 */
4356 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4357   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4358 
4359   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4360   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4361   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4362   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4363   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4364 
4365   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4366   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4367   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4368   */
4369   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4370     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4371     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4372   }
4373 
4374   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4375   ** file size will be.
4376   */
4377   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4378   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4379    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4380    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4381   ){
4382     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4383     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4384     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4385   }
4386 
4387   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4388     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4389 
4390     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4391     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4392     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4393     ** any such pages to the file.
4394     **
4395     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4396     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4397     */
4398     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4399       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4400       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4401 
4402       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4403       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4404 
4405       /* Encode the database */
4406       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4407 
4408       /* Write out the page data. */
4409       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4410 
4411       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4412       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4413       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4414       */
4415       if( pgno==1 ){
4416         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4417       }
4418       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4419         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4420       }
4421       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4422 
4423       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4424       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4425 
4426       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4427                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4428       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4429       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4430     }else{
4431       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4432     }
4433     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4434     pList = pList->pDirty;
4435   }
4436 
4437   return rc;
4438 }
4439 
4440 /*
4441 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4442 ** function is a no-op.
4443 **
4444 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4445 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4446 ** fails.
4447 */
4448 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4449   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4450   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4451     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4452       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4453       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4454     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4455     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4456       nStmtSpill = -1;
4457     }
4458     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4459   }
4460   return rc;
4461 }
4462 
4463 /*
4464 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4465 **
4466 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4467 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4468 **
4469 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4470 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4471 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4472 ** bitvec.
4473 */
4474 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4475   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4476   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4477   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4478 
4479     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4480     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4481     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4482     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4483     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4484          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4485          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4486     );
4487     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4488 
4489     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4490     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4491     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4492       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4493       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4494       char *pData2;
4495 
4496 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4497       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4498         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4499       }else
4500 #endif
4501       pData2 = pData;
4502       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4503       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4504       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4505         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4506       }
4507     }
4508   }
4509   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4510     pPager->nSubRec++;
4511     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4512     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4513   }
4514   return rc;
4515 }
4516 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4517   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4518     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4519   }else{
4520     return SQLITE_OK;
4521   }
4522 }
4523 
4524 /*
4525 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4526 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4527 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4528 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4529 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4530 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4531 ** argument.
4532 **
4533 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4534 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4535 ** journal file.
4536 **
4537 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4538 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4539 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4540 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4541 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4542 */
4543 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4544   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4545   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4546 
4547   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4548   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4549 
4550   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4551   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4552   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4553   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4554   **
4555   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4556   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4557   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4558   **
4559   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4560   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4561   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4562   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4563   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4564   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4565   */
4566   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4567   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4568   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4569   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4570   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4571    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4572       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4573   ){
4574     return SQLITE_OK;
4575   }
4576 
4577   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4578   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4579     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4580     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4581     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4582       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4583     }
4584   }else{
4585 
4586 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4587     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4588       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4589       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4590     }
4591 #endif
4592 
4593     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4594     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4595      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4596     ){
4597       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4598     }
4599 
4600     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4601     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4602       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4603       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4604     }
4605   }
4606 
4607   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4608   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4609     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4610     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4611   }
4612 
4613   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4614 }
4615 
4616 /*
4617 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4618 */
4619 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4620   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4621   if( !MEMDB ){
4622     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4623     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4624     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4625       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4626       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4627         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4628       }
4629       pList = pNext;
4630     }
4631   }
4632 
4633   return rc;
4634 }
4635 
4636 /*
4637 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4638 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4639 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4640 **
4641 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4642 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4643 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4644 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4645 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4646 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4647 **
4648 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4649 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4650 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4651 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4652 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4653 **
4654 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4655 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4656 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4657 **
4658 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4659 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4660 **
4661 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4662 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4663 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4664 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4665 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4666 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4667 */
4668 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4669   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4670   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4671   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4672   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4673   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4674   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4675   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4676 ){
4677   u8 *pPtr;
4678   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4679   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4680   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4681   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4682   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4683   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4684   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4685   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4686   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4687   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4688   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4689   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4690   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4691 
4692   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4693   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4694   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4695 
4696   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4697   *ppPager = 0;
4698 
4699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4700   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4701     memDb = 1;
4702     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4703       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4704       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4705       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4706       zFilename = 0;
4707     }
4708   }
4709 #endif
4710 
4711   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4712   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4713   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4714   */
4715   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4716     const char *z;
4717     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4718     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4719     if( zPathname==0 ){
4720       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4721     }
4722     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4723     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4724     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4725     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4726     while( *z ){
4727       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4728       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4729     }
4730     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4731     assert( nUri>=0 );
4732     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4733       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4734       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4735       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4736       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4737       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4738       */
4739       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4740     }
4741     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4742       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4743       return rc;
4744     }
4745   }
4746 
4747   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4748   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4749   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4750   **
4751   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4752   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4753   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4754   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4755   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4756   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4757   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4758   */
4759   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4760     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4761     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4762     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4763     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4764     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4765     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4766 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4767     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4768 #endif
4769   );
4770   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4771   if( !pPtr ){
4772     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4773     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4774   }
4775   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4776   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4777   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4778   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4779   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4780   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4781   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4782 
4783   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4784   if( zPathname ){
4785     assert( nPathname>0 );
4786     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4787     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4788     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4789     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4790     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4791     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4792 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4793     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4794     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4795     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4796     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4797 #endif
4798     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4799   }
4800   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4801   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4802 
4803   /* Open the pager file.
4804   */
4805   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4806     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4807     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4808     assert( !memDb );
4809     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4810 
4811     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4812     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4813     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4814     **
4815     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4816     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4817     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4818     */
4819     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4820       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4821       if( !readOnly ){
4822         setSectorSize(pPager);
4823         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4824         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4825           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4826             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4827           }else{
4828             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4829           }
4830         }
4831 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4832         {
4833           int ii;
4834           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4835           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4836           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4837           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4838             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4839               szPageDflt = ii;
4840             }
4841           }
4842         }
4843 #endif
4844       }
4845       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4846       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4847        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4848           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4849           goto act_like_temp_file;
4850       }
4851     }
4852   }else{
4853     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4854     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4855     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4856     **
4857     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4858     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4859     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4860     **
4861     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4862     */
4863 act_like_temp_file:
4864     tempFile = 1;
4865     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4866     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4867     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4868     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4869   }
4870 
4871   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4872   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4873   */
4874   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4875     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4876     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4877     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4878   }
4879 
4880   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4881   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4882     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4883     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4884     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4885                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4886   }
4887 
4888   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4889   */
4890   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4891     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4892     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4893     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4894     return rc;
4895   }
4896 
4897   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4898   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4899 
4900   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4901   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4902   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4903   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4904   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4905   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4906   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4907   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4908   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4909   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4910   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4911   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4912           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4913   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4914   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4915   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4916   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4917   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4918   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4919   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4920   if( pPager->noSync ){
4921     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4922     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4923     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4924     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4925     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4926   }else{
4927     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4928     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4929     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4930     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4931     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4932   }
4933   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4934   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4935   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4936   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4937   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4938   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4939   setSectorSize(pPager);
4940   if( !useJournal ){
4941     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4942   }else if( memDb ){
4943     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4944   }
4945   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4946   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4947   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4948   setGetterMethod(pPager);
4949   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4950   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4951 
4952   *ppPager = pPager;
4953   return SQLITE_OK;
4954 }
4955 
4956 
4957 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4958 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4959 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4960 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4961 */
4962 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4963   int bHasMoved = 0;
4964   int rc;
4965 
4966   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4967   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4968   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4969   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4970   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4971     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4972     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4973     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4974     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4975   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4976     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4977   }
4978   return rc;
4979 }
4980 
4981 
4982 /*
4983 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4984 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4985 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4986 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4987 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4988 **
4989 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4990 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4991 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4992 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4993 **
4994 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4995 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4996 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4997 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4998 ** is returned.
4999 **
5000 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5001 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5002 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5003 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5004 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5005 ** will not roll it back.
5006 **
5007 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5008 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5009 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5010 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5011 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5012 */
5013 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5014   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5015   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5016   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5017   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5018 
5019   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5020   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5021   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5022 
5023   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5024     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5025   ));
5026 
5027   *pExists = 0;
5028   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5029     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5030   }
5031   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5032     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5033 
5034     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5035     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5036     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5037     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5038     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5039     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5040     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5041     */
5042     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5043     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5044       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5045 
5046       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5047       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5048       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5049         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5050         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5051         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5052         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5053         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5054         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5055         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5056         */
5057         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5058           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5059           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5060             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5061             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5062           }
5063           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5064         }else{
5065           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5066           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5067           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5068           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5069           ** it can be ignored.
5070           */
5071           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5072             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5073             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5074           }
5075           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5076             u8 first = 0;
5077             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5078             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5079               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5080             }
5081             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5082               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5083             }
5084             *pExists = (first!=0);
5085           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5086             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5087             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5088             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5089             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5090             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5091             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5092             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5093             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5094             */
5095             *pExists = 1;
5096             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5097           }
5098         }
5099       }
5100     }
5101   }
5102 
5103   return rc;
5104 }
5105 
5106 /*
5107 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5108 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5109 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5110 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5111 **
5112 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5113 **
5114 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5115 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5116 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5117 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5118 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5119 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5120 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5121 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5122 **
5123 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5124 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5125 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5126 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5127 **      file.
5128 **
5129 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5130 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5131 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5132 */
5133 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5134   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5135 
5136   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5137   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5138   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5139   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5140   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5141   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5142   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5143   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5144 
5145   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5146     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5147 
5148     assert( !MEMDB );
5149     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5150 
5151     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5152     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5153       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5154       goto failed;
5155     }
5156 
5157     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5158     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5159     */
5160     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5161       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5162     }
5163     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5164       goto failed;
5165     }
5166     if( bHotJournal ){
5167       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5168         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5169         goto failed;
5170       }
5171 
5172       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5173       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5174       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5175       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5176       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5177       ** hot-journal back.
5178       **
5179       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5180       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5181       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5182       ** on the database file.
5183       **
5184       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5185       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5186       */
5187       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5188       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5189         goto failed;
5190       }
5191 
5192       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5193       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5194       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5195       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5196       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5197       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5198       **
5199       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5200       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5201       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5202       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5203       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5204       */
5205       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5206         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5207         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5208         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5209             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5210         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5211           int fout = 0;
5212           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5213           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5214           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5215           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5216           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5217             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5218             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5219           }
5220         }
5221       }
5222 
5223       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5224       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5225       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5226       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5227       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5228       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5229       ** the journal before playing it back.
5230       */
5231       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5232         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5233         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5234         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5235           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5236           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5237         }
5238       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5239         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5240       }
5241 
5242       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5243         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5244         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5245         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5246         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5247         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5248         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5249         **
5250         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5251         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5252         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5253         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5254         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5255         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5256         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5257         ** references.
5258         */
5259         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5260         goto failed;
5261       }
5262 
5263       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5264       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5265            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5266       );
5267     }
5268 
5269     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5270       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5271       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5272       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5273       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5274       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5275       **
5276       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5277       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5278       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5279       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5280       ** a codec is in use.
5281       **
5282       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5283       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5284       ** it can be neglected.
5285       */
5286       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5287 
5288       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5289       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5290       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5291         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5292           goto failed;
5293         }
5294         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5295       }
5296 
5297       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5298         pager_reset(pPager);
5299 
5300         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5301         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5302         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5303         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5304         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5305         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5306         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5307           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5308         }
5309       }
5310     }
5311 
5312     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5313     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5314     */
5315     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5316 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5317     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5318 #endif
5319   }
5320 
5321   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5322     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5323     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5324   }
5325 
5326   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5327     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5328   }
5329 
5330  failed:
5331   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5332     assert( !MEMDB );
5333     pager_unlock(pPager);
5334     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5335   }else{
5336     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5337     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5338   }
5339   return rc;
5340 }
5341 
5342 /*
5343 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5344 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5345 **
5346 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5347 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5348 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5349 */
5350 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5351   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5352     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5353   }
5354 }
5355 
5356 /*
5357 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5358 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5359 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5360 **
5361 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5362 ** on the current state of the pager.
5363 **
5364 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5365 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5366 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5367 **
5368 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5369 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5370 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5371 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5372 ** object with no outstanding references.
5373 **
5374 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5375 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5376 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5377 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5378 **
5379 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5380 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5381 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5382 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5383 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5384 **
5385 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5386 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5387 **
5388 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5389 **
5390 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5391 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5392 **      from the savepoint journal.
5393 **
5394 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5395 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5396 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5397 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5398 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5399 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5400 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5401 **
5402 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5403 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5404 **
5405 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5406 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5407 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5408 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5409 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5410 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5411 ** or journal files.
5412 */
5413 static int getPageNormal(
5414   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5415   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5416   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5417   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5418 ){
5419   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5420   PgHdr *pPg;
5421   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5422   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5423 
5424   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5425   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5426   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5427   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5428 
5429   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5430   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5431   if( pBase==0 ){
5432     pPg = 0;
5433     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5434     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5435     if( pBase==0 ){
5436       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5437       goto pager_acquire_err;
5438     }
5439   }
5440   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5441   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5442   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5443   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5444 
5445   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5446   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5447     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5448     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5449     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5450     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5451     return SQLITE_OK;
5452 
5453   }else{
5454     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5455     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5456     **
5457     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5458     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5459     */
5460     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5461       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5462       goto pager_acquire_err;
5463     }
5464 
5465     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5466 
5467     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5468     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5469       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5470         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5471         goto pager_acquire_err;
5472       }
5473       if( noContent ){
5474         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5475         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5476         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5477         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5478         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5479         */
5480         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5481         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5482           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5483           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5484         }
5485         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5486         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5487         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5488       }
5489       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5490       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5491     }else{
5492       u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5493       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5494         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5495         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5496       }
5497       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5498       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5499       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5500       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5501         goto pager_acquire_err;
5502       }
5503     }
5504     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5505   }
5506   return SQLITE_OK;
5507 
5508 pager_acquire_err:
5509   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5510   if( pPg ){
5511     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5512   }
5513   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5514   *ppPage = 0;
5515   return rc;
5516 }
5517 
5518 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5519 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5520 static int getPageMMap(
5521   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5522   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5523   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5524   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5525 ){
5526   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5527   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5528   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5529 
5530   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5531   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5532   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5533   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5534   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5535    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5536   );
5537 
5538   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5539 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5540   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5541 #endif
5542 
5543   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5544   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5545   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5546   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5547   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5548     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5549   }
5550   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5551   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5552   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5553   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5554 
5555   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5556     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5557     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5558       *ppPage = 0;
5559       return rc;
5560     }
5561   }
5562   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5563     void *pData = 0;
5564     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5565         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5566     );
5567     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5568       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5569         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5570       }
5571       if( pPg==0 ){
5572         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5573      }else{
5574         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5575       }
5576       if( pPg ){
5577         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5578         *ppPage = pPg;
5579         return SQLITE_OK;
5580       }
5581     }
5582     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5583       *ppPage = 0;
5584       return rc;
5585     }
5586   }
5587   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5588 }
5589 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5590 
5591 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5592 static int getPageError(
5593   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5594   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5595   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5596   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5597 ){
5598   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5599   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5600   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5601   *ppPage = 0;
5602   return pPager->errCode;
5603 }
5604 
5605 
5606 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5607 */
5608 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5609   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5610   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5611   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5612   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5613 ){
5614   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5615 }
5616 
5617 /*
5618 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5619 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5620 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5621 **
5622 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5623 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5624 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5625 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5626 ** has ever happened.
5627 */
5628 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5629   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5630   assert( pPager!=0 );
5631   assert( pgno!=0 );
5632   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5633   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5634   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5635   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5636   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5637 }
5638 
5639 /*
5640 ** Release a page reference.
5641 **
5642 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5643 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5644 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5645 ** removed.
5646 */
5647 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5648   Pager *pPager;
5649   assert( pPg!=0 );
5650   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5651   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5652     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5653   }else{
5654     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5655   }
5656   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5657 }
5658 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5659   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5660 }
5661 
5662 /*
5663 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5664 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5665 ** file when this routine is called.
5666 **
5667 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5668 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5669 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5670 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5671 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5672 **
5673 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5674 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5675 ** already open file.
5676 **
5677 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5678 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5679 **
5680 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5681 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5682 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5683 */
5684 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5685   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5686   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5687 
5688   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5689   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5690   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5691 
5692   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5693   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5694   ** an error state. */
5695   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5696 
5697   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5698     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5699     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5700       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5701     }
5702 
5703     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5704     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5705       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5706         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5707       }else{
5708         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5709         int nSpill;
5710 
5711         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5712           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5713           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5714         }else{
5715           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5716           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5717         }
5718 
5719         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5720         ** it was originally opened. */
5721         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5722         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5723           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5724               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5725           );
5726         }
5727       }
5728       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5729     }
5730 
5731 
5732     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5733     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5734     */
5735     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5736       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5737       pPager->nRec = 0;
5738       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5739       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5740       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5741       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5742     }
5743   }
5744 
5745   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5746     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5747     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5748   }else{
5749     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5750     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5751   }
5752 
5753   return rc;
5754 }
5755 
5756 /*
5757 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5758 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5759 **
5760 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5761 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5762 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5763 ** functions need be called.
5764 **
5765 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5766 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5767 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5768 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5769 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5770 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5771 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5772 */
5773 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5774   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5775 
5776   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5777   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5778   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5779 
5780   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5781     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5782 
5783     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5784       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5785       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5786       */
5787       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5788         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5789         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5790           return rc;
5791         }
5792         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5793       }
5794 
5795       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5796       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5797       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5798       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5799       */
5800       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5801     }else{
5802       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5803       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5804       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5805       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5806       */
5807       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5808       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5809         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5810       }
5811     }
5812 
5813     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5814       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5815       **
5816       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5817       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5818       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5819       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5820       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5821       ** WAL mode.
5822       */
5823       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5824       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5825       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5826       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5827       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5828     }
5829 
5830     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5831     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5832     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5833   }
5834 
5835   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5836   return rc;
5837 }
5838 
5839 /*
5840 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5841 */
5842 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5843   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5844   int rc;
5845   u32 cksum;
5846   char *pData2;
5847   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5848 
5849   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5850   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5851   ** that we do not. */
5852   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5853 
5854   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5855   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5856   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5857 
5858   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5859   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5860   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5861   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5862   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5863   ** then corruption may follow.
5864   */
5865   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5866 
5867   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5868   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5869   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5870   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5871   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5872   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5873 
5874   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5875            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5876   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5877   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5878        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5879        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5880 
5881   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5882   pPager->nRec++;
5883   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5884   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5885   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5886   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5887   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5888   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5889   return rc;
5890 }
5891 
5892 /*
5893 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5894 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5895 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5896 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5897 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5898 */
5899 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5900   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5901   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5902 
5903   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5904   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5905   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5906   */
5907   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5908        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5909        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5910   );
5911   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5912   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5913   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5914   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5915 
5916   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5917   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5918   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5919   **
5920   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5921   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5922   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5923   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5924   */
5925   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5926     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5927     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5928   }
5929   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5930   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5931 
5932   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5933   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5934 
5935   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5936   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5937   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5938   */
5939   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5940   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5941    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5942   ){
5943     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5944     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5945       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5946       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5947         return rc;
5948       }
5949     }else{
5950       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5951         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5952       }
5953       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5954               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5955              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5956     }
5957   }
5958 
5959   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5960   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5961   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5962   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5963   */
5964   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5965 
5966   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5967   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5968   */
5969   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5970     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5971   }
5972 
5973   /* Update the database size and return. */
5974   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5975     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5976   }
5977   return rc;
5978 }
5979 
5980 /*
5981 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5982 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5983 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5984 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5985 ** a write.
5986 **
5987 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5988 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5989 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5990 */
5991 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5992   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5993   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5994   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5995   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5996   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5997   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5998   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5999   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6000 
6001   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6002   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6003   ** this function.
6004   */
6005   assert( !MEMDB );
6006   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6007   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6008 
6009   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6010   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6011   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6012   */
6013   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6014 
6015   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6016   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6017     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6018   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6019     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6020   }else{
6021     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6022   }
6023   assert(nPage>0);
6024   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6025   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6026 
6027   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6028     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6029     PgHdr *pPage;
6030     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6031       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6032         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6033         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6034           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6035           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6036             needSync = 1;
6037           }
6038           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6039         }
6040       }
6041     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6042       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6043         needSync = 1;
6044       }
6045       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6046     }
6047   }
6048 
6049   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6050   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6051   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6052   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6053   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6054   */
6055   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6056     assert( !MEMDB );
6057     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6058       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6059       if( pPage ){
6060         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6061         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6062       }
6063     }
6064   }
6065 
6066   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6067   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6068   return rc;
6069 }
6070 
6071 /*
6072 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6073 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6074 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6075 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6076 **
6077 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6078 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6079 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6080 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6081 **
6082 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6083 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6084 */
6085 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6086   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6087   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6088   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6089   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6090   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6091     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6092     return SQLITE_OK;
6093   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6094     return pPager->errCode;
6095   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6096     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6097     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6098   }else{
6099     return pager_write(pPg);
6100   }
6101 }
6102 
6103 /*
6104 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6105 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6106 ** to change the content of the page.
6107 */
6108 #ifndef NDEBUG
6109 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6110   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6111 }
6112 #endif
6113 
6114 /*
6115 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6116 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6117 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6118 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6119 ** content no longer matters.
6120 **
6121 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6122 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6123 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6124 **
6125 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6126 ** DELETE operations.
6127 **
6128 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6129 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6130 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6131 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6132 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6133 */
6134 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6135   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6136   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6137     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6138     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6139     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6140     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6141     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6142     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6143   }
6144 }
6145 
6146 /*
6147 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6148 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6149 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6150 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6151 **
6152 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6153 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6154 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6155 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6156 **
6157 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6158 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6159 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6160 ** transaction is committed.
6161 **
6162 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6163 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6164 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6165 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6166 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6167 */
6168 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6169   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6170 
6171   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6172        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6173   );
6174   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6175 
6176   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6177   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6178   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6179   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6180   **
6181   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6182   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6183   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6184   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6185   */
6186 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6187 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6188   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6189   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6190 #else
6191 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6192 #endif
6193 
6194   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6195     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6196 
6197     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6198 
6199     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6200     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6201     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6202 
6203     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6204     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6205     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6206     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6207     */
6208     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6209       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6210     }
6211 
6212     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6213       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6214       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6215 
6216       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6217       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6218         const void *zBuf;
6219         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6220         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6221         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6222           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6223           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6224         }
6225         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6226           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6227           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6228           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6229           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6230           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6231           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6232         }
6233       }else{
6234         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6235       }
6236     }
6237 
6238     /* Release the page reference. */
6239     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6240   }
6241   return rc;
6242 }
6243 
6244 /*
6245 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6246 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6247 **
6248 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6249 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6250 */
6251 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6252   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6253 
6254   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6255     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6256     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6257     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6258   }
6259   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6260     assert( !MEMDB );
6261     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6262   }
6263   return rc;
6264 }
6265 
6266 /*
6267 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6268 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6269 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6270 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6271 **
6272 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6273 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6274 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6275 ** returned.
6276 */
6277 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6278   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6279   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6280   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6281     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6282          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6283          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6284     );
6285     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6286     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6287       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6288     }
6289   }
6290   return rc;
6291 }
6292 
6293 /*
6294 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6295 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6296 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6297 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6298 **
6299 ** This routine ensures that:
6300 **
6301 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6302 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6303 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6304 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6305 **   * the database file synced.
6306 **
6307 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6308 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6309 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6310 **
6311 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6312 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6313 **
6314 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6315 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6316 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6317 ** journal file in this case.
6318 */
6319 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6320   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6321   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6322   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6323 ){
6324   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6325 
6326   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6327        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6328        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6329        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6330   );
6331   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6332 
6333   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6334   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6335 
6336   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6337   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6338 
6339   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6340       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6341 
6342   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6343   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6344 
6345   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6346   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6347   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6348     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6349     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6350     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6351     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6352   }else{
6353     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6354       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6355       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6356       if( pList==0 ){
6357         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6358         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6359         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6360         pList = pPageOne;
6361         pList->pDirty = 0;
6362       }
6363       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6364       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6365         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6366       }
6367       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6368       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6369         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6370       }
6371     }else{
6372       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6373       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6374       ** is enabled.
6375       */
6376       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6377 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6378       const int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6379         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6380         && !pPager->noSync
6381         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6382 #else
6383 # define bBatch 0
6384 #endif
6385 
6386 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6387       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6388       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6389       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6390       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6391       **
6392       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6393       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6394       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6395       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6396       **
6397       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6398       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6399       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6400       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6401       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6402       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6403       ** mode.
6404       **
6405       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6406       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6407       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6408       ** created for this transaction.
6409       */
6410       if( bBatch==0 ){
6411         PgHdr *pPg;
6412         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6413             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6414             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6415             );
6416         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6417          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6418          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6419          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6420         ){
6421           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6422           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6423           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6424           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6425           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6426           */
6427           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6428         }else{
6429           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6430           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6431             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6432           }
6433         }
6434       }
6435 #else
6436 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6437       if( zMaster ){
6438         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6439         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6440       }
6441 #endif
6442       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6443 #endif
6444       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6445 
6446       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6447       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6448       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6449       */
6450       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6451       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6452 
6453       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6454       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6455       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6456       **
6457       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6458       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6459       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6460       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6461       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6462       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6463       */
6464       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6465       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6466 
6467       if( bBatch ){
6468         /* The pager is now in DBMOD state. But regardless of what happens
6469         ** next, attempting to play the journal back into the database would
6470         ** be unsafe. Close it now to make sure that does not happen.  */
6471         sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6472         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6473         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6474       }
6475       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6476       if( bBatch ){
6477         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6478           rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6479         }else{
6480           sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6481         }
6482       }
6483 
6484       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6485         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6486         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6487       }
6488       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6489 
6490       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6491       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6492       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6493       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6494       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6495       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6496       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6497         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6498         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6499         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6500         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6501       }
6502 
6503       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6504       if( !noSync ){
6505         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6506       }
6507       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6508     }
6509   }
6510 
6511 commit_phase_one_exit:
6512   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6513     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6514   }
6515   return rc;
6516 }
6517 
6518 
6519 /*
6520 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6521 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6522 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6523 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6524 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6525 **
6526 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6527 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6528 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6529 ** irrevocably committed.
6530 **
6531 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6532 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6533 */
6534 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6535   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6536 
6537   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6538   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6539   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6540   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6541 
6542   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6543        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6544        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6545   );
6546   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6547 
6548   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6549   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6550   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6551   **
6552   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6553   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6554   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6555   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6556   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6557   ** to drop any locks either.
6558   */
6559   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6560    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6561    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6562   ){
6563     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6564     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6565     return SQLITE_OK;
6566   }
6567 
6568   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6569   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6570   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6571   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6572 }
6573 
6574 /*
6575 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6576 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6577 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6578 ** state if an error occurs.
6579 **
6580 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6581 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6582 **
6583 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6584 **
6585 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6586 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6587 **      was opened, and
6588 **
6589 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6590 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6591 **
6592 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6593 ** rollback is successful.
6594 **
6595 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6596 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6597 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6598 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6599 */
6600 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6601   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6602   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6603 
6604   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6605   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6606   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6607   */
6608   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6609   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6610   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6611 
6612   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6613     int rc2;
6614     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6615     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6616     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6617   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6618     int eState = pPager->eState;
6619     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6620     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6621       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6622       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6623       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6624       */
6625       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6626       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6627       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6628       return rc;
6629     }
6630   }else{
6631     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6632   }
6633 
6634   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6635   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6636           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6637           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6638   );
6639 
6640   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6641   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6642   */
6643   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6644 }
6645 
6646 /*
6647 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6648 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6649 */
6650 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6651   return pPager->readOnly;
6652 }
6653 
6654 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6655 /*
6656 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6657 */
6658 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6659   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6660 }
6661 #endif
6662 
6663 /*
6664 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6665 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6666 */
6667 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6668   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6669                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6670   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6671            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6672            + pPager->pageSize;
6673 }
6674 
6675 /*
6676 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6677 */
6678 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6679   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6680 }
6681 
6682 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6683 /*
6684 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6685 */
6686 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6687   static int a[11];
6688   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6689   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6690   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6691   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6692   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6693   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6694   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6695   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6696   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6697   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6698   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6699   return a;
6700 }
6701 #endif
6702 
6703 /*
6704 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6705 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6706 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6707 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6708 ** returning.
6709 */
6710 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6711 
6712   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6713        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6714        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6715   );
6716 
6717   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6718   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6719   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6720 
6721   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6722   if( reset ){
6723     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6724   }
6725 }
6726 
6727 /*
6728 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6729 */
6730 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6731   return pPager->tempFile;
6732 }
6733 
6734 /*
6735 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6736 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6737 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6738 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6739 **
6740 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6741 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6742 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6743 */
6744 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6745   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6746   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6747   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6748   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6749 
6750   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6751   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6752   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6753 
6754   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6755   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6756   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6757   */
6758   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6759       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6760   );
6761   if( !aNew ){
6762     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6763   }
6764   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6765   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6766 
6767   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6768   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6769     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6770     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6771       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6772     }else{
6773       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6774     }
6775     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6776     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6777     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6778       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6779     }
6780     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6781       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6782     }
6783     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6784   }
6785   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6786   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6787   return rc;
6788 }
6789 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6790   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6791   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6792 
6793   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6794     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6795   }else{
6796     return SQLITE_OK;
6797   }
6798 }
6799 
6800 
6801 /*
6802 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6803 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6804 ** created savepoint.
6805 **
6806 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6807 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6808 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6809 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6810 **
6811 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6812 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6813 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6814 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6815 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6816 **
6817 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6818 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6819 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6820 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6821 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6822 **
6823 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6824 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6825 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6826 **
6827 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6828 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6829 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6830 */
6831 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6832   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6833 
6834 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6835   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6836 #endif
6837 
6838   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6839   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6840 
6841   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6842     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6843     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6844 
6845     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6846     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6847     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6848     */
6849     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6850     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6851       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6852     }
6853     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6854 
6855     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6856     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6857     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6858       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6859         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6860         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6861           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6862           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6863         }
6864         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6865       }
6866     }
6867     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6868     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6869     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6870     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6871     */
6872     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6873       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6874       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6875       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6876     }
6877 
6878 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6879     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6880     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6881     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6882     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6883     else if(
6884         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6885      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6886     ){
6887       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6888       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6889       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6890     }
6891 #endif
6892   }
6893 
6894   return rc;
6895 }
6896 
6897 /*
6898 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6899 **
6900 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6901 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6902 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6903 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6904 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6905 ** participate in shared-cache.
6906 */
6907 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6908   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6909 }
6910 
6911 /*
6912 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6913 */
6914 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6915   return pPager->pVfs;
6916 }
6917 
6918 /*
6919 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6920 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6921 ** not yet been opened.
6922 */
6923 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6924   return pPager->fd;
6925 }
6926 
6927 /*
6928 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6929 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6930 */
6931 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6932 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6933   return pPager->jfd;
6934 #else
6935   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6936 #endif
6937 }
6938 
6939 /*
6940 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6941 */
6942 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6943   return pPager->zJournal;
6944 }
6945 
6946 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6947 /*
6948 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6949 */
6950 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6951   Pager *pPager,
6952   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6953   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6954   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6955   void *pCodec
6956 ){
6957   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6958   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6959   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6960   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6961   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6962   setGetterMethod(pPager);
6963   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6964 }
6965 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6966   return pPager->pCodec;
6967 }
6968 
6969 /*
6970 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6971 ** into the log file.
6972 **
6973 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6974 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6975 */
6976 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6977   void *aData = 0;
6978   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6979   return aData;
6980 }
6981 
6982 /*
6983 ** Return the current pager state
6984 */
6985 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6986   return pPager->eState;
6987 }
6988 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6989 
6990 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6991 /*
6992 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6993 **
6994 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6995 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6996 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6997 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6998 **
6999 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7000 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7001 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7002 **
7003 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7004 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7005 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7006 ** transaction is active).
7007 **
7008 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7009 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7010 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7011 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7012 **
7013 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7014 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7015 */
7016 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7017   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7018   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7019   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7020   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7021 
7022   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7023   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7024        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7025   );
7026   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7027 
7028   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7029   ** the page we are moving from.
7030   */
7031   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7032   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7033     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7034     if( rc ) return rc;
7035   }
7036 
7037   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7038   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7039   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7040   **
7041   **   BEGIN;
7042   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7043   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7044   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7045   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7046   **
7047   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7048   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7049   ** statement were is processed.
7050   **
7051   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7052   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7053   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7054   */
7055   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7056    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7057   ){
7058     return rc;
7059   }
7060 
7061   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7062       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7063   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7064 
7065   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7066   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7067   **
7068   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7069   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7070   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7071   */
7072   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7073     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7074     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7075             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7076     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7077   }
7078 
7079   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7080   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7081   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7082   ** for the page moved there.
7083   */
7084   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7085   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7086   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
7087   if( pPgOld ){
7088     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7089     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7090       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7091       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7092       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7093     }else{
7094       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7095     }
7096   }
7097 
7098   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7099   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7100   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7101 
7102   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7103   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7104   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7105   */
7106   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7107     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7108     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7109   }
7110 
7111   if( needSyncPgno ){
7112     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7113     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7114     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7115     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7116     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7117     ** flag.
7118     **
7119     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7120     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7121     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7122     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7123     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7124     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7125     */
7126     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7127     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7128     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7129       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7130         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7131         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7132       }
7133       return rc;
7134     }
7135     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7136     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7137     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7138   }
7139 
7140   return SQLITE_OK;
7141 }
7142 #endif
7143 
7144 /*
7145 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7146 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7147 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7148 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7149 */
7150 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7151   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7152   pPg->flags = flags;
7153   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7154 }
7155 
7156 /*
7157 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7158 */
7159 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7160   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7161   return pPg->pData;
7162 }
7163 
7164 /*
7165 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7166 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7167 */
7168 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7169   return pPg->pExtra;
7170 }
7171 
7172 /*
7173 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7174 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7175 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7176 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7177 **
7178 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7179 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7180 ** locking-mode.
7181 */
7182 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7183   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7184             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7185             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7186   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7187   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7188   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7189   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7190     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7191   }
7192   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7193 }
7194 
7195 /*
7196 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7197 **
7198 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7199 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7200 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7201 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7202 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7203 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7204 **
7205 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7206 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7207 **
7208 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7209 **      or _MEMORY.
7210 **
7211 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7212 **
7213 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7214 */
7215 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7216   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7217 
7218 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7219   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7220   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7221   print_pager_state(pPager);
7222 #endif
7223 
7224 
7225   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7226   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7227             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7228             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7229             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7230             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7231             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7232 
7233   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7234   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7235   ** to WAL mode.
7236   */
7237   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7238 
7239   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7240   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7241   */
7242   if( MEMDB ){
7243     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7244     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7245       eMode = eOld;
7246     }
7247   }
7248 
7249   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7250 
7251     /* Change the journal mode. */
7252     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7253     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7254 
7255     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7256     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7257     ** delete the journal file.
7258     */
7259     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7260     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7261     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7262     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7263     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7264     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7265 
7266     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7267     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7268 
7269       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7270       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7271       ** here is an optimization only.
7272       **
7273       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7274       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7275       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7276       */
7277       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7278       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7279         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7280       }else{
7281         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7282         int state = pPager->eState;
7283         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7284         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7285           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7286         }
7287         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7288           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7289           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7290         }
7291         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7292           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7293         }
7294         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7295           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7296         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7297           pager_unlock(pPager);
7298         }
7299         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7300       }
7301     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7302       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7303     }
7304   }
7305 
7306   /* Return the new journal mode */
7307   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7308 }
7309 
7310 /*
7311 ** Return the current journal mode.
7312 */
7313 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7314   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7315 }
7316 
7317 /*
7318 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7319 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7320 ** is unmodified.
7321 */
7322 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7323   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7324   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7325   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7326   return 1;
7327 }
7328 
7329 /*
7330 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7331 **
7332 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7333 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7334 */
7335 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7336   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7337     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7338     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7339   }
7340   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7341 }
7342 
7343 /*
7344 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7345 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7346 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7347 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7348 */
7349 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7350   return &pPager->pBackup;
7351 }
7352 
7353 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7354 /*
7355 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7356 */
7357 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7358   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7359   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7360 }
7361 #endif
7362 
7363 
7364 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7365 /*
7366 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7367 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7368 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7369 **
7370 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7371 */
7372 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7373   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7374   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7375   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7376   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7377   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7378 ){
7379   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7380   if( pPager->pWal ){
7381     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7382         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7383         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7384         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7385         pnLog, pnCkpt
7386     );
7387   }
7388   return rc;
7389 }
7390 
7391 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7392   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7393 }
7394 
7395 /*
7396 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7397 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7398 */
7399 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7400   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7401   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7402   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7403 }
7404 
7405 /*
7406 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7407 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7408 */
7409 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7410   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7411 
7412   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7413   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7414   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7415     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7416     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7417     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7418   }
7419 
7420   return rc;
7421 }
7422 
7423 /*
7424 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7425 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7426 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7427 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7428 */
7429 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7430   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7431 
7432   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7433   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7434 
7435   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7436   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7437   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7438   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7439   */
7440   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7441     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7442   }
7443 
7444   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7445   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7446   */
7447   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7448     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7449         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7450         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7451     );
7452   }
7453   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7454 
7455   return rc;
7456 }
7457 
7458 
7459 /*
7460 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7461 ** this function.
7462 **
7463 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7464 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7465 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7466 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7467 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7468 ** not modified in either case.
7469 **
7470 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7471 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7472 ** without doing anything.
7473 */
7474 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7475   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7476   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7477 ){
7478   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7479 
7480   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7481   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7482   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7483   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7484   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7485 
7486   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7487     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7488 
7489     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7490     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7491 
7492     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7493     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7494       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7495       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7496     }
7497   }else{
7498     *pbOpen = 1;
7499   }
7500 
7501   return rc;
7502 }
7503 
7504 /*
7505 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7506 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7507 **
7508 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7509 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7510 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7511 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7512 */
7513 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7514   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7515 
7516   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7517 
7518   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7519   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7520   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7521   */
7522   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7523     int logexists = 0;
7524     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7525     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7526       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7527           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7528       );
7529     }
7530     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7531       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7532     }
7533   }
7534 
7535   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7536   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7537   */
7538   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7539     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7540     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7541       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7542                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7543       pPager->pWal = 0;
7544       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7545       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7546     }
7547   }
7548   return rc;
7549 }
7550 
7551 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7552 /*
7553 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7554 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7555 */
7556 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7557   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7558   if( pPager->pWal ){
7559     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7560   }
7561   return rc;
7562 }
7563 
7564 /*
7565 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7566 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7567 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7568 */
7569 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7570   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7571   if( pPager->pWal ){
7572     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7573   }else{
7574     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7575   }
7576   return rc;
7577 }
7578 
7579 /*
7580 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7581 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7582 */
7583 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7584   int rc;
7585   if( pPager->pWal ){
7586     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7587   }else{
7588     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7589   }
7590   return rc;
7591 }
7592 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7593 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7594 
7595 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7596 /*
7597 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7598 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7599 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7600 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7601 ** is empty, return 0.
7602 */
7603 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7604   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7605   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7606 }
7607 #endif
7608 
7609 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7610